‫ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ) ﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ ،210-174‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2011‬‬

‫‪ISSN 2070 - 3147‬‬

‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺭﻤﻀﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ*‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ*‬
‫**‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺹ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻼﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﺴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻨﻭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﺄﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺒل ﺘﺘﻌﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻘﺼﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪Abstract‬‬
‫‪The Morphology and Semantics of Tense in Arabic and English: A‬‬
‫‪Contrastive Study‬‬
‫‪This study explores tenses at the morphological and semantic levels in‬‬
‫‪both Arabic and English. It aims at showing the similarities and differences‬‬
‫‪between the two languages in terms of the forms that refer to the different‬‬
‫‪times: past, present, and future. The study also gives details of the markers‬‬
‫‪that add time reference to these forms. Moreover, it shows how Arabic can‬‬
‫‪express time by using different forms that include not only verbs, but also‬‬
‫‪nouns and letters, thereby, contesting the claims that accuse Arabic of being‬‬
‫‪poor in this area.‬‬

‫* ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﻏﺯﺓ– ﻓﻠﺴﻁﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫** ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﻏﺯﺓ– ﻓﻠﺴﻁﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻐﻭﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻥ؛ ﺒﻘﺼﺩ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﻭﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺘﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺭﻓﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻟﻐﻭﻴ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺫﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺎﺕ )ﺤﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،(26 :1997،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺸﺘﻐﺎل ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﺠﺴﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺩ ﺃﻭﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﺀ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ "ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ" ﻤﺤﺎﻭ ﹰ‬
‫ل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻜل ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﻠﻔﻅﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﹰﺎ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ﱟ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ل ﻤﻥ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺹ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻜ ﱞ‬
‫ﺘﺨﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺩﺤﺽ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻅﻨﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺘﻀﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺒﺯﻫﺎ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺴﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل)ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ( ﺒل ﺘﺘﻌﺩ‪‬ﺍﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺴﻡ ﻭﻓﻌل ﻭﺤﺭﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺩل ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻲﺀ ﻤﺤﺴﻭﺱ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺠﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻜـ)ﺒﻴﺕ ﻭﺼﺨﺭﺓ( ﺃﻭ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻜـ)ﻨﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺩﺠﺎﺠﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻤﺜل)ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻭﻓﺎﻁﻤﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺸﻲﺀ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺴﻭﺱ ﻴﺩﺭﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘل ﻤﺜل‬
‫)ﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻜﺭﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺩل ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻴﺩﺭﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘل‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻤﻥ ﺤﺼل ﻓﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺜل‬
‫)ﻜﺘﺏ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺏ(‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺩﺙ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ( ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺤﺼل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ‬
‫‪175‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﺯﻤﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺼﺭﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻐﹼﻴﺭﺕ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻠﻨﺎ )ﻴﻜﺘﺏ‪ ،‬ﻴﺸﺭﺏ( ﺩﻟﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ(ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﻘﻀﻰ ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻠﺤﺎل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺼﺭﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺘ ﹼﻐﻴﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻤﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻭﻗﻠﻨﺎ)ﺍﻜﺘﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺸﺭﺏ( ﺩﻟﹼﺕ ﻜل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ( ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ؛‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻭ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﹼﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻤﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺼل ﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؛ ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻊ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻭﻴﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺼﺭﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻷﻤﺭ)ﺤﺴﻥ‪،1975،‬‬
‫‪.(47 :1‬‬
‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻴُﻔﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﻤﺎ ﺘﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل)ﻤﻥ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﺎﺩﺍﻤﺕ ﻤﻨﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻀﻌﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻜﻼﻡ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﺎل ﺫﻟﻙ‪" :‬ﺴﺎﻓﺭ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤل‪ ".‬ﻓﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺘﺨﺒﺭﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻐﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻴ‪‬ﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ‪ -‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ – ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ )‪ noun):(Master, 1995‬ﺍﺴﻡ‪ (verb)،‬ﻓﻌل‪ (adjective)،‬ﺼﻔﺔ‪ (adverb)،‬ﻅﺭﻑ‪،‬‬
‫)‪(pronoun‬ﻀﻤﻴﺭ‪ (conjunction) ،‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺭﺒﻁ‪(preposition)،‬ﺤﺭﻑ ﺠﺭ‪(determiner)،‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ)‪ (interjection‬ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻓﻌل ﺃﻭ ﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ﻭﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺩ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺜﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ)‪ .(Eckersley and Eckersley, 1997‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻴﻠﻲ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺒﻜل ﻗﺴﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﺴﻡ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺸﻲﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻤﺜل‪،pen ،Mona ،boy :‬‬
‫‪)Noun .1‬ﺍﻻﺴﻡ(‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺩ ّ‬
‫‪.Gaza‬‬
‫‪) Pronoun .2‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ(‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺤل ﻤﺤل ﺍﻻﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺎ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺸﻲﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪.himself ،who ،them ،you ،I :‬‬

‫‪176‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫‪) Adjective .3‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ(‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﻟﺠﻌل ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﻀﻭﺤﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪”.“The teacher is honest “a clever student,” ”a red car,” .4‬‬
‫‪) Verb .5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌل(‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪.own ،eat ،play :‬‬
‫‪) Adverb .6‬ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻑ(‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻌل ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﻀﻭﺤﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﺜل‪“He ran quickly.” “She is very beautiful.” :‬‬
‫‪) Preposition .7‬ﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺭ(‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪“He went to school.” “Nabil lives in Jerusalem.” :‬‬
‫‪) Determiner .8‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩ‪‬ﺩ(‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺤﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻼﺴﻡ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻀﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩ‪‬ﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻤﺜل )‪ ،(many, all, five‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ )‪ (the‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺜل )‪ .(my, our‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻤﺜل‪five ،my book :‬‬
‫‪ ،students‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﻌ ‪‬ﺩ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺤﺩ‪‬ﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ‪ many‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪(determiner) Many students passed the exam.‬‬
‫‪(pronoun) Many passed the exam.‬‬
‫‪) Conjunction .9‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺭﺒﻁ(‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺠﻤل‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪He is poor, but he is happy.‬‬
‫‪) Interjection‬ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ( ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﻤﻔﺎﺠﺊ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻨﺤﻭ ‪‬ﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪Hello! Ah! Oh! Wow! :‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ل ﻤﻥ ‪ pronoun ،adverb ،adjective ،noun‬ﻭ‪،determiner‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻴﺸﺘﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜ ﱟ‬
‫‪ interjection‬ﻭﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ‪ preposition‬ﻭ‪.conjunction‬‬
‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﻀﻨﺎ ﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺼﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ؛‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ – ﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺴﻨﺭﻯ – ﺨﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﹼﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻭﺤﺭﻭﻓﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪177‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ )ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪(42-17 :1984 ،‬‬
‫ﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ )ﻓﻌل( ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻤﻀﻰ ﻓـ‪ :‬ﺫﻫﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻜﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﻤﺩ )ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ (12 :1،‬ﻭﻗﺎل ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻴﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻙ ﺫﻫﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﺘﻰ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻤﻀﻰ ﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎل ﺫﻫﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻀﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ)ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ ،(35 :1 ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺒﻊ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﺍﺒﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﺡ‬
‫ﻜﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼل(‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺯﻤﺨﺸﺭﻱ )‪ :(7 :2‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺩﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺯﻤﺎﻨﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﺎﻥ ﻤﺠﺭ‪‬ﺩﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ)ﻜﺘﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺭﺃ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭ‪‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻋﻲ)ﺯﻟﺯل‪ ،‬ﺩﺤﺭﺝ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭﺩﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺒل ﻭﺴ‪‬ﻌﺕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻥ ﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺼﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻭﻗﺒﻭﻟﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻥ( ﻭ)ﺴﻭﻑ( ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﹰﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﺘﺨﺼﺹ‬
‫ﺒﺩﺨﻭل )ﺍل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ( ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺭﻜﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺴﻜﻨﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻭﻭﻗﻭﻋﻪ ﺼﻔﺔ ﻜﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل‬
‫ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻨﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،(3 :1957 ،‬ﻓﻘﻭﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﻤﺭﺭﺕ ﺒﻁﻔل ﻴﻀﺤﻙ‪ ،‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﻤﺭﺭﺕ ﺒﻁﻔل ﻀﺎﺤ ِ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﻌﺭﺒﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﺏ ﺒﺎﻷﺼﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﺭﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻓﻴﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﺏ ﺒﺎﻷﺼﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺘﺩﺨﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻺﻋﺭﺍﺏ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﻥ‪64 :1 ،‬؛ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪ ،(144-143 ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻫﻤل ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ)‪(12 :1‬‬
‫ﻤﺼﻁﻠﺢ)ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ( ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ )ﻋﻠﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ( ﻭﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺀ‪،(44 :2 ،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻋﺒﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ .‬ﻭﺤﺭﻭﻑ – ﺃﻨﻴﺕ ‪ -‬ﻻ ﺘﻨﻔﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﺘﻼﺯﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫‪178‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺼﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺩل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻭﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻴﺤ ‪‬ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل‬
‫ﺸﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻤﺘﻜﹼﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺒﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺌﺒﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﺃﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺏ‪.(399 :1980 ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻫﻭ ﻜل ﻓﻌل ﺯﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﻤﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ)ﻨﺄﺘﻲ( )ﺃﻭ ﺃﻨﻴﺕ(ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺠﺭ‪‬ﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺯﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻔﻌ‪‬ل )ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻔﻌِل )ﻀﺭﺏ ﻴﻀﺭﺏ(‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻌ‪َ ‬‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻔﻌُل)ﻨﺼﺭ ﻴﻨﺼﺭ(‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻌ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﹶﻓﻌ‪َ ‬‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻔﻌُل)ﺤﺴﻥ ﻴﺤﺴﻥ(‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻔﻌِل)ﺤﺴﺏ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ(‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ُﻌ َ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻔﻌ‪‬ل )ﻋﻠﻡ ﻴﻌﻠﻡ(‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻌِ َ‬
‫ﻴﻔﺘﺢ(‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻌِ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ُﻴ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﻌﻠِل ) ُﻴ ‪‬ﺯ ﹾﻟﺯﹺل(‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﺤﺭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻨﺤﻭ‬
‫)ﻓﺠﺭ ﻴﻔﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺘل ﻴﻘﺎﺘل‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﻗﺏ(‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﺒﻬﻤﺯﺓ ﻭﺼل ﺃﻭ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺫﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻴﺤل ﻤﺤﻠﻬﺎ ﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﻨﺤﻭ)ﺃﺤﺴﻥ ﻴﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻨﺘﺼﺭ‬
‫ﻴﻨﺘﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻨﺩﻓﻊ ﻴﻨﺩﻓﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﻎ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻓﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺇﺒﺩﺍل ﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ )ﺃﻨﻴﺕ( ﺒﻬﻤﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﺜل )ﺃُﻜﺘﺏ( ﺃﻭ ﻤﻜﺴﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻤﺜل ِﺍﻗﺭﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻜﺎﻟﺴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺜل )ﺃﻜﺘﺏ‪ (‬ﻭﺤﺫﻑ ﺤﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺭﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻉُ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺤﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺴﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ ﻤﺜل )ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻤﺜل )ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻭﺍ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺒﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻲ( ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻁﺭﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺭﻭﻓﻪ ﻭﺤﺭﻜﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜﺤﺫﻑ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺯﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﺔ ﻤﺜل )ﺃﻜل ﻜل‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻑ ﻗﻑ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺤﺫﻑ ﻭﺴﻁﻪ ﻤﺜل )ﻗﺎل ﻗل‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻉ ﺒﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻕِ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺤﺫﻑ ﻭﺴﻁﻪ ﻭﺁﺨﺭﻩ ﻤﺜل )ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﹺ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﺫﻑ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺁﺨﺭﻩ ﻤﺜل )ﻭﻋﻰ ﻉﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻰ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺨﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎ )ﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺼﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻀﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻅل‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺯﺍل‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺒﺭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﻓﺘﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺍﻨﻔﻙ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺩﺍﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﺩ ﻭﺃﺨﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎ )ﻜﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺸﻙ‪ ،‬ﻜﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺤﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺨﻠﻭﻟﻕ ﻟﻠﺭﺠﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻁﻔﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺸﺄ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻬل‪ ،‬ﺠﻌل ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻭﻉ(‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪ (140-138 :1985 ،‬ﻭﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺘﺩل ﺒﺼﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ‬
‫‪179‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻟﺨﻠﻭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ )ﺍﺒﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ‪ ،(89 :7 ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل )ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪.(45 :1 ،‬‬
‫ﻥ )ﻜﺎﻥ( ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻕ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻴﺤﺩﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺸﺘﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺠﺎﻤﺩﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺢ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﺄﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻓﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓـ)ﺃﺼﺒﺢ( ﺘﺩل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻭ)ﺃﻤﺴﻰ( ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺀ )ﻭﺼﺎﺭ( ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﻭ)ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ( ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻭ)ﻤﺎﺯﺍل( ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ … ﺍﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻤﺎ )ﻟﻴﺱ(‬
‫ﻓﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﺩ ﻓﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﺘﻘﻭل‪) :‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﺯﻴﺩ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﹰﺎ(‬
‫ﻥ )ﻫﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ‪‬ﻬ ﹺﺯﺅُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻕ ﹺﺒﻬﹺﻡ ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻜﹶﺎﻨﹸﻭ ﹾﺍ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋ ﹾﻨ ُﻬ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻭﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶ‬
‫ﺼﺭُﻭﻓﹰﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻴ ْﺄﺘِﻴ ﹺﻬ ‪‬ﻡ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻴﺱ‪ ‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎل ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ :‬ﺃ ﹶ‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻟﺕ )ﻜﺎﻥ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ )ﻴﻜﻭﻥ( ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻭ)ﻜﻥ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺠﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ )ﻜﺎﻥ( ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻁﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩ َﺃﺒ‪‬ﺎ َﺃﺤ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻤ‪‬ﻥ ‪‬ﺭﺠ‪‬ﺎِﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ )ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪ ،(267 :‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ )ﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺎ( ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻥ ُﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻜﹶﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼل ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺤﺼﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻨﺤﻭ‪ :‬ﻨﺎﺩﻴﺕ ﻗﻭﻤﻲ ﻭﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻤﻊ )ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪ 1404 ،‬ﻫـ‪ ،(87 :‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ )ﻗﺩ( ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﺩِﻴﺩ )ﻕ‪.(22 :‬‬
‫ﻙ ﻏِﻁﹶﺎﺀﻙ‪ ‬ﹶﻓﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪ُ ‬ﺭﻙ‪ ‬ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸ ﹾﻔﻨﹶﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬ﻫﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬
‫ﻏ ﹾﻔﹶﻠﺔ‪ ‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻓِﻲ ﹶ‬
‫ﹶﻟ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺩ ﻜﹸﻨ ﹶ‬
‫ﻥ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻤﻊ )ﺤﺭﻯ(‬
‫ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﺩ ﻭﺃﺨﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﻤﺠﻲﺀ ﺨﺒﺭﻫﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻘﺘﺭﻨﹰﺎ ﺒﺄ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭ)ﺍﺨﻠﻭﻟﻕ( ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻤﻊ )ﻋﺴﻰ( ﻭ)ﺃﻭﺸﻙ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺒـ)ﻜﺎﻥ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺘﺭﻥ‬
‫ﻥ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻼ )ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻡ‪.(155-153 :2000 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺒـ)ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﻗﺭﺏ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ )ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻡ‪ (158 :2000 ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﺄﺘﻭﺍ ﺒﻠﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺒﺭ )ﻜﺎﺩ( ﻭ)ﻜﺭﺏ( ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻑ َﺃ ‪‬ﺒﺼ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ُﻫ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﻁ ﹸ‬
‫ﺨﹶ‬
‫ﻕ ‪‬ﻴ ﹾ‬
‫ﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻗﺭﺏ ﻭﻗﻭﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻴﻜﹶﺎ ُﺩ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺭ ﹸ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺭﺩ ﻤﻥ )ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪ .(20 :‬ﻭﺃﻤﺎ )ﺃﻭﺸﻙ( ﻭ)ﻋﺴﻰ( ﻓﺎﻷﻤﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺱ )ﻜﺎﺩ( ﺇﺫ ﻴﻐﻠﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭ‬
‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ )ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪ ،(83 :‬ﻓﺎﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺒﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼ ُﻪ ﺃَﻥ ‪‬ﻴ ْﺄ ِﺘ ‪‬ﻴﻨِﻲ ﹺﺒ ﹺﻬ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺒﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻺﻨﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺒﺭﻫﺎ ﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻼ ﻴﻘﺘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺒـ)ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ )ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻡ‪ ،(158 :2000 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﻻ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼﺤﺒﻪ )ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺠ ﱠﻨ ِﺔ )ﻁﻪ‪ ،(121 :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻬﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻤِﻥ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼﻔﹶﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﺨ ِ‬
‫ﻁ ِﻔﻘﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻴ ﹾ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﻥ( ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺨﻠﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻤﺘﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺭﺠﻴﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓـ)ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﻥ ﺨﺒﺭﻫﺎ ﺒـ)ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ( ﻓﻲ ﺨﺒﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ )ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻨﻭﻋﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻤﻔﺭﺩﺍﺘﻲ )‪ (lexical‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ)‪ (Quirk & Greenbaum, 1973: 26) (main‬ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫)‪ (regular‬ﻤﺜل‪ ،play, walk :‬ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺎﺫ )‪ (irregular‬ﻤﺜل‪.sleep, eat :‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩ)‪ (auxiliary or helping‬ﻭﻤﻨﻪ)‪ (primary auxiliary‬ﻭﻴﺸﻤل ‪،be, have, do‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪ (modal auxiliary‬ﻭﻴﺸﻤل ‪shall, should, will, would, can, could, may,‬‬
‫‪.might, must, ought to, used to, need, dare‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺨﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺼل ﻟﻠﻔﻌل‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﻴﻭﻀﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻵﺘﻲ )‪:(Quirk and Greenbaum, 1973: 26-37‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫‪call, drink, put‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻷﺼل )‪(Base‬‬
‫‪calls, drinks, puts‬‬ ‫‪V_s‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻷﺼل ﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ ‪) _s‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ(‬
‫‪called, drank, put‬‬ ‫‪V_ed1‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ )‪(Simple Past‬‬
‫‪calling, drinking, putting‬‬
‫‪V_ing‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ‪(Present Participle) _ing participle‬‬
‫‪called, drunk, put‬‬ ‫‪V_ed2‬‬ ‫‪ .5‬ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ‪(Past Participle) _ed participle‬‬

‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ‪ :‬ﺴﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯ ‪ V_ed‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ‪ V_ed1‬ﻭ ‪ V_ed2‬ﻤﺘﻤﺎﺜﻠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ)‪ (defective‬ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺼـﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼـﺩﺭ ‪*to‬‬ ‫ﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺩ ‪ Modal auxiliaries‬ﺃﻓﻌﺎ ﹰ‬
‫‪ may‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ‪ *maying‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ‪ *mayed‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ)‪.1*May! (imperative‬‬
‫ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻋﺎﺩﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل ﻓﻌل ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺎﺀ )‪(spelling‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺒﺤﺭﻑ ﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻤﺴﺒﻭﻕ ﺒﺤﺭﻑ ﻤﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﻤﺸﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻨﻜﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻻﺤﻘـﺔ ﺘﺒـﺩﺃ ﺒﻤﺘﺤـﺭﻙ ﻤﺜـل ‪ _ed‬ﺃﻭ ‪.stop stopped،permit permitted _ing‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺔ )‪ (BrE‬ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (AmE‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺒــ‬
‫‪ l, p‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪BrE‬‬ ‫‪AmE‬‬
‫‪signal‬‬ ‫‪signaled signaling‬‬ ‫‪signaled signaling‬‬
‫‪travel‬‬ ‫‪traveled traveling‬‬ ‫‪traveled traveling‬‬
‫‪worship‬‬ ‫‪worshipped worshipping‬‬ ‫‪worshiped worshiping‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺒﺤﺭﻑ ‪ _y‬ﻤﺴﺒﻭﻕ ﺒﺤﺭﻑ ﺴﺎﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ i‬ﻤﻊ ﺸﻜﻠﻲ ‪ V_s‬ﻭ‪V_ed‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ‪ _y‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪_ing‬ﻤﺜل‪carry carries carried carrying :‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺒـ ‪ _ie‬ﺘﺤﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ y‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ _ing‬ﻤﺜل‪.lie lying :‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺒـ ‪ _e‬ﺘﺤﺫﻑ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜل ‪ V_ed‬ﻭ ‪ V_ing‬ﻤﺜـل‪write writing :‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺒـ ‪ _ee, _ye, _oe, _ge‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪agree agreed agreeing‬‬
‫‪dye dyed dyeing‬‬
‫‪hoe hoed hoeing‬‬
‫‪singe singed singeing‬‬

‫‪(do, have, be) Primary Auxiliaries‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻴﻭﻀﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )*( ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
 2011‫ ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‬،‫ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬،‫ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬.‫ ﺩ‬،‫ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‬.‫ﺩ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ‬

do do not don't
do does does not doesn't
did did not didn't
have, 've have not, 've not
haven't
has, 's has not, 's not
have hasn't
had, 'd had not, 'd not
hadn't
having not having
am, 'm
am not, 'm not
is, 's aren't, ain't
is not, 's not
are, 're isn't
are not, 're not
be was aren't
was not
were wasn't
were not
being weren't
not being
been
:‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ‬
‫( ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺼﺭﻑ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‬lexical verb) ‫ﻼ ﻤﻔﺭﺩﺍﺘﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫( ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬do) ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل‬.1
.done ‫ ﻭ‬doing
‫ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ain't ‫ ﺃﻤﺎ‬،‫ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻭﺍﺴﻊ‬‫(ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‬aren't I)‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل‬.2
.‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
Modal Auxiliaries
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ‬
can cannot, can not can't
could could not couldn't
may may not mayn't
might might not mightn't
shall shall not shan't
should should not shouldn't
will, 'll will not, 'll not won't
would, 'd would not, 'd not wouldn't
must must not mustn't
ought to ought not to oughtn't to
183
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫‪used to‬‬ ‫‪used not to‬‬ ‫‪usedn't to, didn't use‬‬

‫‪need‬‬ ‫‪need not‬‬ ‫‪to‬‬
‫‪dare‬‬ ‫‪dare not‬‬ ‫‪needn't‬‬
‫‪daren't‬‬

‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ mayn't‬ﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻭﻴﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ shan't‬ﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﻌل ﻭﺃﺸﻜﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻓﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻨﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺯﻤﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ )‪ (simple‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ‬
‫)‪ .(simple present‬ﻤﺜﺎل‪He teaches English. :‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ )‪ (compound‬ﻭﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻓﻌل ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ )‪(present continuous‬‬
‫‪He is teaching English at the moment.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻵﺘﻲ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻜ ﱟل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻭﻴﻀﺎﻑ ‪ _s‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ‬
‫‪Present Simple‬‬
‫‪am‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫‪is‬‬ ‫‪V_ing‬‬
‫)‪Present Continuous (Progressive‬‬
‫‪are‬‬
‫‪Have‬‬ ‫‪V_ed2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫‪Has‬‬
‫‪Present Perfect‬‬
‫‪have‬‬ ‫‪Been‬‬ ‫‪V_ing‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫‪has‬‬
‫)‪Present Perfect Continuous (Progressive‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩ )ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼـﺭ( ﺘﻌﻤـل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪He does not drink wine. He doesn't drink wine.‬‬
‫‪They are not crying. They're not crying. They aren't crying.‬‬
‫‪She has not finished the exercise. She's not finished the exercise. She hasn't‬‬
‫‪finished the exercise.‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻵﺘﻲ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻜ ﱟل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫‪V_ed1‬‬ ‫‪Past Simple‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ‬
‫‪was‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫‪were‬‬ ‫‪V_ing‬‬ ‫)‪Past Continuous (Progressive‬‬
‫‪had‬‬ ‫‪V_ed2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ )‪Past Perfect (Pluperfect‬‬
‫‪V_ing‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫‪had‬‬ ‫‪been‬‬
‫)‪Past Perfect Continuous (Progressive‬‬
‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩ )ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ( ﺘﻌﻤل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪He did not answer the question. He didn't answer the question.‬‬
‫‪They were not working. They weren't working.‬‬
‫‪She had not come. She'd not come. She hadn't come.‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻵﺘﻲ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻜ ﱟل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫‪shall‬‬
‫‪will‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ‬
‫‪am‬‬
‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪Future Simple‬‬
‫‪is‬‬
‫‪going to‬‬
‫‪are‬‬

‫‪shall‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬

‫‪will‬‬ ‫)‪Future Continuous (Progressive‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫‪am‬‬ ‫‪be V_ing‬‬

‫‪is‬‬
‫‪going to‬‬
‫‪are‬‬
‫‪shall‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪have V_ed2‬‬ ‫‪Future Perfect‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫‪shall‬‬
‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪have been V_ing‬‬ ‫‪Future Perfect Continuous‬‬
‫)‪(Progressive‬‬
‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩ )ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ( ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪He'll call. He will not call. He won't call.‬‬
‫‪They are not going to play football. They're not going to play football. They‬‬
‫‪aren't going to play football.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ‪ will‬ﻤﻊ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺌﺭ )ﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻁﺏ ﻭﻏﺎﺌﺏ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ‪ shall‬ﻤﻊ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻭﺒﻴﺔ ) ‪(Quirk and (Southern BrE.‬‬
‫)‪Greenbaum, 1973: 47‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻟﻠﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﺭ‪‬ﺩﹰﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺯﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺘﺸﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺽ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺤﺩﻭﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺎ ﹴ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺘﺨﺹ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻗﺭﻴﻨﺔ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺘﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺒﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺤﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻴﺩل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺒﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻕ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ) ﹶﻓﻌ‪‬لَ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ )ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻟﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻐﻠﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻕ )ﻨﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،(56 :1964 ،‬ﻓﻔﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﻓﻌل ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺎ ﹴ‬
‫‪186‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﺨﺩُﻭ ِﺩ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍ ﹾﻟُﺄ ﹾ‬
‫ﺼﺤ‪‬ﺎ ُ‬
‫ل َﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻰ )ﻋﺒﺱ‪ ،(2-1 :‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﹸﻗﺘِ َ‬
‫ﺱ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﺘ ‪‬ﻭﻟﱠﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀ ُﻩ ﺍ ﹾﻟَﺄ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻭﻴ‪‬ﺎ )ﻤﺭﻴﻡ‪ .(17 :‬ﻓﺎﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺸﺭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ل ﹶﻟﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺒ ﹶ‬
‫ﺤﻨﹶﺎ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺘﻤ‪ ‬ﱠﺜ َ‬
‫ﺴ ﹾﻠﻨﹶﺎ ِﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻭﺝ‪ ، (4 :‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﹶﻓ َﺄ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻌﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﻤﺘﻔﺎﻭﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻗﺭﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ‪ :‬ﺃﺸﺭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻠﻴل )ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪.(55 :1964 ،‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺒﻘﺭﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻭﻫﻲ )ﻜﺎﻥ( ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺩﺙ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻨﺤﻭ )ﻜﻨﺕ ﺯﺠﺭﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺯﺩﺠﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺴﺒﻘﺕ ﺒـ)ﻗﺩ( ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻭﻗﻭﻋﻪ ﻭﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩﻩ‬
‫)ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪178 :3 ،‬؛ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪ ، (42 :1984 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺩ َﺃ ﹾﻓﹶﻠﺢ‪ ‬ﻤ‪‬ﻥ ‪‬ﺯﻜﱠﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺱ‪،(9 :‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭ ﹼﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻴﻔﺎﺭﻕ )ﻗﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺤﺼل ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺼل ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺤﺴ‪‬ﻥﹺ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻘﻭﹺﻴ ﹴﻡ‬
‫ﻥ ﻓِﻲ َﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨﹶﻠ ﹾﻘﻨﹶﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺈِﻨﺴ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﻗﺼﺭﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﺎل ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺩﻤﻪ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺩ ﹶ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻁﻭ ﹰ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻥ‪.(4 :‬‬
‫ﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل )ﻜﺎﻥ( ﻤﺴﺒﻭﻗﹰﺎ ﺒـ)ﻗﺩ( )اﺑﻦ هﺸﺎم‪19 :1 ،1969 ،‬؛ ﻧﻮر اﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﹶﺎ ﹺﺒ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﹶﻨ ِﻜﺼُﻭﻥ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ ﹶﻓﻜﹸﻨ ﹸﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺁﻴ‪‬ﺎﺘِﻲ ﹸﺘ ﹾﺘﻠﹶﻰ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ،(66 :1964‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺩ ﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﻨ ﹾ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ‪.(66 :‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺤﻀﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻱ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻋﺩﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺯﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﻤﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺼﺭ )اﻟﺠﺎﺣﻆ‪.(243 :‬‬
‫ﺯ‪ .‬ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻓﻌﻼﻥ ﻤﺎﻀﻴﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ )ﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎ( ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ )ﻧﻮر اﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪:1964 ،‬‬
‫‪ ،(67‬ﻤﺜل‪ :‬ﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻗﺎﺒل ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ .‬ﺘﺯﺍﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻀﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺤﺩﺜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻌﺩ )ﺇﻥ( ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﺔ )اﺑﻦ هﺸﺎم‪ ، (31 :1 ،1969 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺇِﻥ ﻜﹸﻨ ﹸ‬
‫ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠ ﹸﺘ ُﻪ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋ‪‬ﻠِ ‪‬ﻤ ﹶﺘ ُﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ‪ ،(116 :‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻼﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺠﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻭ ﺃﺘﻴﺘﻨﻲ ﻷﻜﺭﻤﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻜﺭﺍﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺒﺎﻹﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﻘﻭل‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫‪187‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﺃﺘﻴﺘﻨﻲ ﺃﻜﺭﻤﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻜﺭﺍﻡ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺒﺎﻹﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ )ﻟﻭ( ِﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻀﻰ ﻭﻤﻊ )ﺇﻥ( ِﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺄﻨﻑ )ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪.(60 :1984 ،‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺩل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﻤل‪:‬‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﺩ ِﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃ‪) .‬ﺇﺫ( ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻓﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪ 1327 ،‬ﻫـ‪ ،(22 :1 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭِﺇ ﹾﺫ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺭ ﹶﻓ ُﻊ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺒﺭ‪‬ﺍﻫِﻴ ُﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﻭ‪‬ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺕ )ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪.(127 :‬‬
‫ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﺴِﻠﻤِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﹶﻜ ﹶﻔﺭُﻭ ﹾﺍ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻭ ﻜﹶﺎﻨﹸﻭ ﹾﺍ ُﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ‪) .‬ﺭﺒﻤﺎ( )ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،(87 :1964 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ‪.(2 :‬‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﻌ ﹾﻠﻨﹶﺎ ﻤِﻨﻜﹸﻡ ‪‬ﻤﻠﹶﺎﺌِ ﹶﻜﺔﹰ‬
‫ﺝ‪) .‬ﻟﻭ( ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﺔ )ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪ ،(232 :2 ،1985 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻨﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﺯﺨﺭﻑ‪.(60 :‬‬
‫ﺨﹸﻠﻔﹸﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺽ ‪‬ﻴ ﹾ‬
‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟَﺄ ‪‬ﺭ ﹺ‬
‫ﻻ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪1327،‬‬
‫ﺩ‪) .‬ﻟﻡ( ﻭ)ﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺎ( ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺤﺭﻓﺎ ﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺠﺯﻡ ﻭﻗﻠﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ )ﻟﻡ( ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻙ ﻀ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻬﺩ‪‬ﻯ )ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ‪،(7-6 :‬‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﻙ ‪‬ﻴ ِﺘﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺂﻭ‪‬ﻯ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ ،(22 :1 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ :‬ﺃﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻴ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ )ﻟﻡ ﻴﻔﻌل( ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ )ﻓﻌل( ﻭ)ﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻌل( ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ )ﻗﺩ ﻓﻌل( )ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ ،(136 :1 ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﻊ )ﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺎ( ﺃﻁﻭل ﻤﻨﻪ ﻤﻊ )ﻟﻡ( ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺘﺅﺫﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺸﹶﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻌل ﻤﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﺠ‪‬ﺎﺅُﻭ ﹾﺍ َﺃﺒ‪‬ﺎ ُﻫ ‪‬ﻡ ِ‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻥ )ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪ ،(16 :‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺎل ﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭَﺃﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺒﻜﹸﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨﺸﹶﻰ )ﻋﺒﺱ‪.(9-8 :‬‬
‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﻰ ‪‬ﻭ ُﻫ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻴ ﹾ‬
‫ﻙ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻤ‪‬ﻥ ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀ ‪‬‬
‫ﻁﹶﻠﻌ‪‬ﺕ‬
‫ﺱ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺸ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺒ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻋﻥ ﺤﻜﺎﻴﺔ ﺤﺎل ﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭ ﹶﺘﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺠﻭ‪‬ﺓ‪ِ ‬ﻤ ﹾﻨ ُﻪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﹸﻨ ﹶﻘﻠﱢ ُﺒ ُﻬ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻭ ُﻫ ‪‬ﻡ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻓ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬
‫ﻀ ُﻬ ‪‬ﻡ ﺫﹶﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﻏ ‪‬ﺭﺒ‪‬ﺕ ﺘﱠ ﹾﻘ ﹺﺭ ُ‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬ﻭِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻤِﻴ ﹺ‬
‫ﱠﺘﺯ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﻭ ُﺭ ﻋ‪‬ﻥ ﹶﻜ ‪‬ﻬﻔِﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻡ ﺫﹶﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ﺒﹺﺎ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻭﺼِﻴ ِﺩ )ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻑ‪.(18-17 :‬‬
‫ﻁ ِﺫﺭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹲ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ ُﺒﻬُﻡ ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬ﻭﺫﹶﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻤِﻴ ﹺ‬
‫ﺫﹶﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺤﺩ‪‬ﺍ ُﻫﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻓﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﹾﺘ ُﻪ ِﺇ ‪‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺤﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀ )ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺹ‪.(25 :‬‬
‫ﺴ ِﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﹶﺘ ‪‬ﻤﺸِﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ )‪(Eckersley and Eckersley, 1997‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺘﻡ ﻭﻗﻭﻋﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪Peter arrived at our house last night.‬‬
‫‪I went to the library yesterday.‬‬
‫‪I bought a bag two days ago.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪As I was running to the station I met my friend.‬‬
‫‪While the man was looking at the picture, the thief stole his watch.‬‬
‫?‪I was playing tennis all this afternoon. What were you doing‬‬
‫ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل‪'Did you hear about Henry's new job?':‬‬
‫‪a) Yes, my wife was telling me about it this morning.‬‬
‫‪b) Yes, my wife told me about it this morning.‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺃﻨﻨﻲ ﺴﻤﻌﺕ ﺠﺯﺀﹰﺍ ﺒﺴﻴﻁﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﻨﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺯﻴﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺒﺄﻨﻨﻲ ﺴﻤﻌﺕ ﻜل ﺸﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﺴﺕ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻗﺒل ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺒل ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺎﺽ ﺁﺨﺭ )ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ(‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪Mary had learned English before she came to England.‬‬
‫‪When we got to the field, the football match had already started.‬‬
‫‪I didn't go to the cinema because I had already seen the film.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤل ﺸﺭﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪If I had known that you wanted the book, I would have sent it to you.‬‬
‫‪If he had worked hard, he would have passed the examination.‬‬
‫ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﺄﻨﻨﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺃﻋﺭﻑ ﺃﻨﻙ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺕ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﺭﺴﻠﺘﻪ ﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻔﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺸﺘﻐل ﺒﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻭ ﻓﻌل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻻﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻤﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‬
‫‪He wishes now that he had taken your advice.‬‬
‫‪189‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫‪We had expected you to stay at least a week. .‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل‪:‬‬
‫‪a) When he arrived, I made tea.‬‬
‫‪b) When he arrived, I was making tea.‬‬
‫‪c) When he arrived, I had made tea.‬‬
‫ﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﺄﻨﻨﻲ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺼﻭﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻭﺼل ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺃﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻗﺒل ﻭﺼﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺃﻨﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻨﻲ ﻓﺭﻏﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼل‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪When I got to the meeting the lecturer had already been speaking for half an‬‬
‫‪hour.‬‬
‫‪The telephone had been ringing for three minutes before it was answered.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺤﻜﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪'Bassanio wants to go to Belmont to woo Portia. He asks his friend Antonio,‬‬
‫‪the merchant of Venice, to lend him money. Antonio says that he hasn't any‬‬
‫‪at the moment until his ships come to port; but Shylock offers to lend him‬‬
‫' ‪3,000 ducats.‬‬
‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ‪ :‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺤﻜﺎﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻴﻌﻁﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺯﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺜﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﻊ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﺜﺭ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪I have lost my pen; I am unable to do my exercises.‬‬
‫‪He has unlocked the door; there is nothing to prevent you from going out.‬‬
‫‪This watch was working all right a moment ago but now it has stopped.‬‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺩل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ)ﺍﻟﺤﺎل( ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺼﻴل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﻤل‪:‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﺘﺭﻥ )ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ( ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ )ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪117 :3‬؛ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪231 :2 ،1985 ،‬؛ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪ 1327 ،‬ﻫـ‪ ،(19 :1 ،‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺨ ‪‬ﻴ ﹴﺭ ﻤ‪‬ﻥ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ )ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻡ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ل ‪‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃَﻥ ُﻴ ﹶﻨ ‪‬ﺯ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹺﺭﻜِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ﹾ‬
‫ﺏ ﻭ‪ ‬ﹶ‬
‫ﻥ َﺃ ‪‬ﻫلِ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘﹶﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﻥ ﹶﻜ ﹶﻔﺭُﻭ ﹾﺍ ِﻤ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫‪.(105‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ( ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪ 1327،‬ﻫـ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﻘﺘﺭﻨﹰﺎ ﺒـ)ﺇ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺇ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ َﺃ ﹾﻓﻭ‪‬ﺍ ِﻫ ﹺﻬ ‪‬ﻡ ﺇِﻥ‬
‫ﺝ ِﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨ ُﺭ ُ‬
‫ﺕ ﹶﻜﻠِﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﹶﺘ ﹾ‬
‫ﻋ ﹾﻠ ﹴﻡ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﻟِﺂﺒ‪‬ﺎ ِﺌ ﹺﻬ ‪‬ﻡ ﹶﻜ ُﺒ ‪‬ﺭ ﹾ‬
‫ﻥ ِ‬ ‫‪ ،(19 :1‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟﻬُﻡ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ ِﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ِﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﹶﻜ ِﺫﺒ‪‬ﺎ)ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻑ‪.(5 :‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻴﻘﹸﻭﹸﻟﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻟﻴﺱ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻌل ﺠﺎﻤﺩ ُﻭﻀِﻊ ﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻭﻴﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﻴﻨﺔ )ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪،(231 :2 ،1985،‬‬
‫ﻨﺤﻭ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﺴﺕ ﺘﻔﻬﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻭل؟‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺒﻠﻔﻅﻪ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل )ﺍﻵﻥ( )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪ 1327 ،‬ﻫـ‪) ،(19 :1،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻥ(‬
‫ﻭ)ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ‪ :‬ﻨﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻻﻡ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻓﻴﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺄﻥ )ﻻﻡ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺨﻠﺼﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل )ﺍﺒﻥ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‪25 :1 ،1969 ،‬؛ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪.(231 :2 ،1985 ،‬‬
‫ل ﻤُﻭﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻟِ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻭﻤِﻪِ ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻭﻡﹺ ِﻟ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻗﺩ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﻨﺕ )ﻗﺩ( ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎ َ‬
‫ل ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ ِﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ )ﺍﻟﺼﻑ‪ ،(5 :‬ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺨﺸﺭﻱ )‪:(98 :4 ،1990‬‬
‫ﻥ َﺃﻨﱢﻲ ‪‬ﺭﺴُﻭ ُ‬
‫ﹸﺘ ْﺅﺫﹸﻭ ﹶﻨﻨِﻲ ‪‬ﻭﻗﹶﺩ ﹶﺘ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺃﻱ ﺘﺅﺫﻭﻨﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﻴﻘﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﺃﻨﻲ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻗﹶﺩ ﹶﺘ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل )ﻗﺩ( ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﻤل‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻙ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﺜﻙ‪ :‬ﺃﻓﻬﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﻭل‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺠﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺘﻪ ﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻡ ﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻓﻬﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﻭل)ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪:1964 ،‬‬
‫‪.(76‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤل ﻨﺼﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ‪ :‬ﺠﺎﺀ ﺯﻴﺩ ﻴﻀﺤﻙ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺸﹶﺎﺀ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺒﻜﹸﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﺤﻴﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪ 1327 ،‬ﻫـ‪ ،(23 :1 ،‬ﻭﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﺠ‪‬ﺎﺅُﻭ ﹾﺍ َﺃﺒ‪‬ﺎ ُﻫ ‪‬ﻡ ِ‬
‫)ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪.(16 :‬‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻨﻌﻨﻲ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﺩﻱ ﻜﺄﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ‪ :‬ﺘﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل ﺤﻲ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪.(33 :1980 ،‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻑ‪ :‬ﻭﻨﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﻌﻁﻭﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺠ ُﺩ ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬
‫ﺴُ‬‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻁﻔﻴﻥ)ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪ 1327 ،‬ﻫـ‪ ،(23 :1 ،‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭِﻟﹼﻠ ِﻪ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻴ‪‬ﺨﹶﺎﻓﹸﻭﻥ‪ ‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒﻬُﻡ ﻤ‪‬ﻥ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻭﻗِﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺒﺭُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻷ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ ﻤِﻥ ﺩ‪‬ﺁ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻶ ِﺌ ﹶﻜ ﹸﺔ ‪‬ﻭ ُﻫ ‪‬ﻡ ﹶ‬
‫ﺕ ‪‬ﻭﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ َ‬
‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺒﺭُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﻨﺤل‪ .(50-49 :‬ﻓﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﻴ‪‬ﺨﹶﺎﻓﹸﻭﻥ‪ ‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒﻬُﻡ( ﺤﺎل ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ُﻴ ْﺅ ‪‬ﻤﺭُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻔ ‪‬ﻌﻠﹸﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﻥ ﺒﻘﺭﻴﻨﺔ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻭﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺕ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ)ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪ 1404 ،‬ﻫـ‪ ،(110 :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻡ َﺃ ﹾﻜ ‪‬ﻤ ﹾﻠ ﹸ‬
‫ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﺩِﻴﻨﹰﺎ)ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ‪.(3 :‬‬
‫ﺴﹶ‬
‫ﺕ ﹶﻟﻜﹸ ُﻡ ﺍﻹِ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ ِﻨ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻤﺘِﻲ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺭﻀِﻴ ﹸ‬
‫ﺕ ‪‬‬
‫ﺩِﻴ ﹶﻨ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻭَﺃ ﹾﺘ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻤ ﹸ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪((Eckersley and Eckersley, 1997‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺘﻜﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪I come to the class every day.‬‬
‫‪She speaks French.‬‬
‫‪He always sleeps with his windows open.‬‬
‫‪He does not smoke.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪The earth moves round the sun.‬‬
‫‪We come from Palestine.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺼﺎﻍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ)‪ (non-action or stative verbs‬ﻤﺜل ﺃﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺱ)‪ ،(see, hear, feel, taste, smell‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﺫﻫﻨﻴﺔ) ‪believe, think, guess,‬‬
‫‪،(suppose, wonder, understand, know, mean‬ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ) ‪have, own,‬‬
‫‪ ،(belong, contain, possess‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Betty loves swimming, but hates diving.‬‬
‫‪John knows your brother.‬‬
‫‪Henry understands Spanish.‬‬
‫‪192‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫‪I remember what you told me.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﺘﻤل ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺒل ﻻ ﻴﺯﺍل ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪The sun is shining, the bees are humming, the birds are singing, the fruit is‬‬
‫‪ripening. Summer is here. What are you doing? I am resting in a deck-chair.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ(‬
‫'?‪Parent (to Schoolmaster): 'Is my son working hard this term‬‬
‫' ‪Schoolmaster: 'Oh, yes, he's trying his best now.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪I have taught this class for ten years (and am still teaching it).‬‬
‫‪I have not visited him for ten years.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪I have been teaching this class for two years (and am still teaching it).‬‬
‫‪He has been learning English for six months.‬‬
‫‪The boys have been watching television since seven o'clock. (... and are‬‬
‫‪still watching now and will probably go on watching for some time).‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪If Henry worked, he would pass the examination.‬‬
‫‪If I had a lot of money, I would buy a villa.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪I wish I had a garden like yours.‬‬
‫‪Fred wishes he spoke French as well as you do.‬‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺤﺎﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺴﻨﺭﻯ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻭﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪193‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﻤل‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺤﺭﻓﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺱ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺒﺄﺤﺩ ﺤﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺱ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻥ( ﻭ)ﺴﻭﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺨﻠﺼﻪ‬
‫ﺠ ُﺩﻨِﻲ ﺇِﻥ ﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ‬
‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹺ‬
‫ل ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل )ﺍﺒﻥ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‪ ،(100 :1 ،1969 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎ َ‬
‫ﻋﺼِﻲ ﹶﻟﻙ‪َ ‬ﺃ ‪‬ﻤﺭ‪‬ﺍ )ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻑ‪ ،(69 :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻤﻊ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻥ( ﺃﻀﻴﻕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺼ‪‬ﺎ ﹺﺒﺭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹶﺎ َﺃ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺴﻭﻑ( )ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،(78 :1964 ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻨﻭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻜﻴﺩ ﻭﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻁﻤ‪‬ﺔِ )ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺯﺓ‪.(24 :‬‬
‫ﺤﹶ‬
‫ﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُ‬
‫‪ 1327‬ﻫـ‪ ،(21 :2 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﹶﻜﻠﱠﺎ ﹶﻟﻴُﻨ ‪‬ﺒ ﹶﺫ ‪‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺨﻠﺕ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺯﻤﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬
‫)ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪ ،(232 :2 ،1985 ،‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺸﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ )‪:1‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﹼﻠ ِﻪ )ﻫﻭﺩ‪.(31 :‬‬
‫ﺨﺯ‪‬ﺁ ِﺌ ُ‬
‫ل ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ ﻋِﻨﺩِﻱ ﹶ‬
‫ﻻ َﺃﻗﹸﻭ ُ‬
‫‪ (221‬ﻴﻘﺼﺭ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺼﻑ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻑ ﺃﺩﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺭﻭﻥ‪.(2 :‬‬
‫ﻋ ُﺒ ُﺩ ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺘ ‪‬ﻌ ُﺒﺩُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌل‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ َﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺏ‪ :‬ﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺼﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﺜل )ﹶﻟﻥ‪ (‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺤﺘﱠﻰ ﺘﹸﻨ ِﻔﻘﹸﻭ ﹾﺍ ِﻤﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻥ ﹶﺘﻨﹶﺎﻟﹸﻭ ﹾﺍ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹺﺒ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺘﺼﺭﻓﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل )ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،(49 :1984 ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ )ﺁل ﻋﻤﺭﺍﻥ‪.(92 :‬‬
‫ﺤﺒ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﹸﺘ ِ‬
‫ل َﺃ ُﺩﱡﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﻩ‪ .‬ﻫل‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻴﺼﺭﻑ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻫ ْ‬
‫ﺏ َﺃﻟِﻴ ﹴﻡ )ﺍﻟﺼﻑ‪.(10 :‬‬
‫ﻋﺫﹶﺍ ﹴ‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ِﺘﺠ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺓ ﺘﹸﻨﺠﹺﻴﻜﹸﻡ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ‪ :‬ﻭﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ )ﻟﻭ(‪ ،‬ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل )ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺼﺩُﻭ ﹺﺭ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ َﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ﹸﺘ ‪‬ﺒﺩُﻭ ُﻩ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻤ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﹼﻠ ُﻪ )ﺁل‬
‫ﺨﻔﹸﻭ ﹾﺍ ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓِﻲ ُ‬
‫‪ ،(232 :2 ،1985‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺇِﻥ ﹸﺘ ﹾ‬
‫ﺠًﺄ َﺃ ‪‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬ﻤ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﺠﺩُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺭﺍﻥ‪ .(29 :‬ﺃﻤﺎ )ﻟﻭ( ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻴ ﹺ‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.(57 :‬‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﻤﺤُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨﻼﹰ ﱠﻟ ‪‬ﻭﱠﻟ ‪‬ﻭ ﹾﺍ ﺇِﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻪِ ‪‬ﻭ ُﻫ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻤ‪‬ﻐﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪َ ‬ﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ُﻤ ‪‬ﺩ ﹶ‬
‫ﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ :‬ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺒﻠﻔﻅﻪ ﻤﺜل )ﻏﺩﺍﹰ( ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻴﺼل‬
‫ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻏﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﺜل )ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ(‪) ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﺴﺒﻭﻉ(‬
‫ﻭ)ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻴﺼل ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﺴﺒﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪194‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﺼﺭ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻴﺩ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻤ‪‬ﻥ ‪‬ﻴﺸﹶﺎﺀ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻐ ِﻔ ُﺭ ِﻟﻤ‪‬ﻥ ‪‬ﻴﺸﹶﺎﺀ )ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ‪.(40 :‬‬
‫ُﻴ ‪‬ﻌﺫﱢ ُ‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﺼﺭ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺠﻭﺍﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻁﻠﺏ )ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪:2 ،1985 ،‬‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻌ ِﺘ ِﻪ )ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ‪ ،(7 :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺠﻲ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺔ ﻤ‪‬ﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺫﹸﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪ (231‬ﻜﺎﻷﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ِ :‬ﻟﻴُﻨ ِﻔ ﹾ‬
‫ﺕ )ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،(100 :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺽ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹶﺎ‬
‫ل ﺼ‪‬ﺎِﻟﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓِﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺘ ‪‬ﺭ ﹾﻜ ﹸ‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﻤ ُ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻲ َﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻭﻥ‪ ،(10 :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎِﻟﺤِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻕ ‪‬ﻭَﺃﻜﹸﻥ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼ ‪‬ﺩ ﹶ‬
‫ﺏ ﹶﻓَﺄ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨ ‪‬ﺭ ﹶﺘﻨِﻲ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺃﺠ‪‬لٍ ﹶﻗﺭﹺﻴ ﹴ‬
‫َﺃ ﱠ‬
‫ﺨ ﹾﺫﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﱠﻨﺴِﻴﻨﹶﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﹸﺘﺅَﺍ ِ‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻡ‪ ،(9 :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒﻨﹶﺎ ﹶ‬
‫ﻥ ﹶﻓ ُﻴ ‪‬ﺩ ِﻫﻨﹸﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻭ ﺘﹸ ‪‬ﺩ ِﻫ ُ‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎ ِﻓﺭﹺﻴﻥ‪َ ‬ﺃ ‪‬ﻭﻟِﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﻤِﻥ ُﺩ ‪‬ﻭ ﹺ‬
‫ﺨ ِﺫ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺅ ِﻤﻨﹸﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ‪‬ﻴ ﱠﺘ ِ‬
‫ﻁ ْﺄﻨﹶﺎ )ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪ ،(286 :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺨﹶ‬‫َﺃ ‪‬ﻭ َﺃ ﹾ‬
‫ﻥ ﺃَﻥ ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻐ ِﻔ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ)ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﺒ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ )ﺁل ﻋﻤﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،(28 :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ :‬ﺃﻟﹶﺎ ﹸﺘ ِ‬
‫ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺅ ِﻤﻨِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫‪.(22‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋُﻁﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺃﻭ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻁﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻬﻭ‬
‫ﻤﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻁﻔﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻴﺼﺭﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻭﻴﻔﻴﺩﺍﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﹶ‬
‫ﻋ ﹾﻠ ﹴﻡ )ﺍﻷﻨﻌﺎﻡ‪.(108 :‬‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﺩﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺒﹺ ﹶﻐ ‪‬ﻴﺭﹺ ِ‬
‫ﺴﺒ‪‬ﻭ ﹾﺍ ﺍﻟﹼﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﹼﻠ ِﻪ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻴ ُ‬
‫ﻥ ﻤِﻥ ﺩُﻭ ﹺ‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺩﻋُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﺒ‪‬ﻭ ﹾﺍ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﹶﺘ ُ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺇِﻥ‬
‫ﻋ‪‬‬
‫ل ‪‬‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻫ ْ‬
‫ل ﻤﺴﺒﻭﻗﺔ ﺒـ)ﻫل(‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎ َ‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﹶﻓﻌ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﺠﻨﹶﺎ ﻤِﻥ ِﺩﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﹺﺭﻨﹶﺎ‬
‫ﺨ ﹺﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ل ﺍﻟﹼﻠ ِﻪ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺩ ُﺃ ﹾ‬
‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴ ِ‬
‫ل ﻓِﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﹸﻨﻘﹶﺎﺘِ َ‬
‫ﻻ ﹸﺘﻘﹶﺎ ِﺘﹸﻠﻭ ﹾﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻭ ﹾﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟﻨﹶﺎ َﺃ ﱠ‬
‫ل َﺃ ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸ ُﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ِﻘﺘﹶﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺏ ‪‬‬
‫ﹸﻜ ِﺘ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭَﺃ ‪‬ﺒﻨﹶﺂ ِﺌﻨﹶﺎ )ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪ ،(246 :‬ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺨﺸﺭﻱ )‪ :(378 :1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫل ﻗﺎﺭﺒﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺎﺘﻠﻭﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻫل ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺘﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﺇﻨﻜﻡ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺎﺘﻠﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭل‪ :‬ﻋﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺎﺘﻠﻭﺍ ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺠﺒﻨﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺨل )ﻫل( ﻤﺴﺘﻔﻬﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﻭﻤﻅﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻜﺎﺌﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﻪ ﺼﺎﺌﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻗﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻋﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ُﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻭﺍ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺠ ُﺭ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎ ِﻤﻠِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺙ ﹶﻨﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﹶﻓﻨِ ‪‬ﻌﻡ‪َ ‬ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻴ ﹸ‬
‫ﺠ ﱠﻨ ِﺔ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺽ ﹶﻨ ﹶﺘﺒ‪ ‬ﻭُﺃ ِﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﺩ ُﻩ ‪‬ﻭَﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺭ ﹶﺜﻨﹶﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻟَﺄ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼ ‪‬ﺩ ﹶﻗﻨﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ِﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻱ ‪‬‬
‫‪195‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫‪ ،(74‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻼﻥ َﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻭﺍ ‪‬ﻭَﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺭ ﹶﺜﻨﹶﺎ ﻓﻌﻼﻥ ﻤﺎﻀﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﺭﺩﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ل( ﻤﺴﺒﻭﻗﹰﺎ ﺒﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻴﺤﺼل ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ) ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻌ َ‬
‫ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺫﺍﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻲﺀ ﺃﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ )ﺍﻷﺼﻔﻬﺎﻨﻲ‪:14 ،‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺭﺍﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻓﻲ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺎ ﹴ‬
‫‪8‬؛ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪.(30 :1980 ،‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺼﻔﺔ ﻟﻨﻜﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮل اﻟﺮﺳﻮل ‪َ :‬ﻧ ﱠ‬
‫ﻀ َﺮ اﻟﱠﻠ ُﻪ اﻣْﺮًأ‬
‫ﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ( ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳ ِﻤ َﻌﻬَﺎ‪ ،2‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ) َ‬
‫ﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ َﻣﻘَﺎَﻟﺘِﻲ َﻓ َﻮﻋَﺎهَﺎ ‪ُ ،‬ﺛﻢﱠ َأدﱠاهَﺎ َآﻤَﺎ َ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻀ َﺮ اﻟﱠﻠ ُﻪ( ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ) َﻓ َﻮﻋَﺎهَﺎ‪َ ،‬أدﱠاهَﺎ( ﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ) َﻧ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺸﻤل ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﺩﻱ )ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪ 1404 ،‬ﻫـ‪.(134 :‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩ ‪‬ﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪ 1404 ،‬ﻫـ‪ ،(117 :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹸﻜ ِﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻤِﻥ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺒِﻠ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻡ )ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪ ،(183 :‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻓﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼﻴ‪‬ﺎ ُﻡ ﹶﻜﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹸﻜ ِﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸ ُﻡ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﻔﺭﻭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻔﺼﻴل‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ‬
‫ﻙ‬
‫ل ﺇِﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻙ‪ ‬ﻤِﻥ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ل ‪‬ﺒﱢﻠ ﹾﻎ ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃُﻨﺯﹺ َ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ َﺃ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺭﺴُﻭ ُ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ‪.(67 :‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﻨﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻁﻴ‪‬ﺒﹰﺎ )ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪.(168 :‬‬
‫ﻼﻻﹰ ﹶ‬
‫ﻷ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ ﺤ‪ ‬ﹶ‬
‫ﺱ ﹸﻜﻠﹸﻭ ﹾﺍ ِﻤﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ َ‬
‫ﻴ‪‬ﺎ َﺃ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺩﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﺠﺩﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺠﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭَﺃﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺙ )ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ‪.(11 :‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﹾ‬
‫ﻙ ﹶﻓ ‪‬‬
‫ﹺﺒ ِﻨ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻤ ِﺔ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ِ :‬ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻐ ِﻔ ‪‬ﺭ ُﻩ‬
‫ﻙ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ِﺩ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﺢ ﹺﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ َﺃ ﹾﻓﻭ‪‬ﺍﺠ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻓ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﺩِﻴ ﹺ‬
‫ﺨﻠﹸﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺱ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺩ ﹸ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺢ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪َ‬ﺃ ‪‬ﻴ ﹶ‬
‫ﺼ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹾﺘ ُ‬
‫ﹶﻨ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺭ‪.(3-1 :‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ 34/5‬ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ (2658‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪196‬‬
 2011‫ ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‬،‫ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬،‫ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬.‫ ﺩ‬،‫ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‬.‫ﺩ‬

(Declerck, 2006) ‫ﺔ‬‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‬

‫ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬‫ﺔ ﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‬‫ﻭﻟﻌل ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‬
:‫ ﻭﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‬،‫ﻨﺔ‬‫ﺔ ﻤﻌﻴ‬‫ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
:‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬.1
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤل ﺸﺭﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻅﺭﻓﻴﺔ‬.‫ﺃ‬
If you go (NOT: 'will go') to London, you will see Big Ben.
When you see (NOT: 'will see') Jack tomorrow, remember me to him.
‫ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل‬،‫ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﻤﺠﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬،‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺘﺨﺫ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬ .‫ﺏ‬
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ‬
He sets sail tomorrow for New York, and comes back next month.
The train arrives at six.
We attack at dawn.
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‬.2
I shall be twenty-one on Thursday.
If we take the 11 o'clock train we shall be in Oxford at 12·30.
I think it will rain tomorrow.
You'll get wet if you go out without an umbrella.
It looks as if Henry won't be in time for his train.
‫ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻀﺎﻑ‬.(pure future) ‫ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺹ‬
:‫ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﺦ‬...‫ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻜﺎﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺼﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ‬
shall ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫( ﻤﻊ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ‬determination or resolution) ‫ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻤﺭ‬.‫ﺃ‬
‘We shall defend our island, whatever the cost may be. We, all fight on
the beaches, we shall fight on the landing-grounds, we shall fight in the
fields and in the streets, we all fight in the hills; we shall never
surrender.’ (From a speech by Winston Churchill, June 1940, cited in
Eckersley and Eckersley, 1997).
‫( ﻤﻊ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺏ ﺃﻭ‬determination) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬threat) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺩﻴﺩ‬promise) ‫ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ‬.‫ﺏ‬
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ‬
If you work hard, you shall have a holiday on Saturday. (Promise)
197
 ....‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‬

You shall have the money as soon as I get it. (Promise)

If you children won't do as I tell you, you shan't go to the party.
(Threat)
He shall suffer for this; he shall pay you what he owes you. (Threat and
Determination)
These people want to buy my house, but they shan't have it.
(Determination)
The enemy shall not pass. (Determination)
‫ ﻤﻊ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬shall ‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل‬:‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ‬
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ‬
'He shall pay you what he owes you,' meaning, 'I (the speaker) will
make him do it.'
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺒﺤﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﻱ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‬.‫ﺝ‬
'They shall beat their swords into ploughshares and their spears into
pruning-hooks; nation shall not lift up sword against nation, neither
shall they learn war any more... for the earth shall be full of the
knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.' (From the Bible,
cited in Eckersley and Eckersley, 1997)
will ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬
،(determination) ‫(ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬promise)‫(ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ‬willingness)‫ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺄﻤﺭ ﻤﺎ‬.‫ﺃ‬
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺸﻴﻭﻋﹰﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ‬
All right; I will pay you at the rate you ask. (Willingness)
I won't forget little Margaret's birthday. I will send her a present.
(Promise)
I will make this radio work even if I have to stay up all night.
(Determination)
'Will you take this woman to be your lawful wedded wife?'
'I will.' (Willingness. Promise)
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،(assumption) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ‬possibility) ‫ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬.‫ﺏ‬
That man with the umbrella will be the Prime Minister.
(Eckersley and Eckersley, 1997: 166-167) going to ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،(intention) ‫ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ‬.‫ﺃ‬

198
 2011‫ ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‬،‫ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬،‫ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬.‫ ﺩ‬،‫ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‬.‫ﺩ‬

I am going to write to Margaret this evening.

Mr. Brown says he is going to buy a new car next year.
When are they going to pay you the money they owe you?
I know what you are going to say.
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،(strong probability) ‫ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻤﺎ‬.‫ﺏ‬
I think it is going to rain (i.e. I think it is very probable that it will
rain).
I am afraid that the repairs to our house are going to cost a lot of
money.
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،(speaker's certainty) ‫ ﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻤﺎ‬.‫ﺝ‬
Look out! That milk is going to boil over.
My wife's going to have a baby.
He's going to regret the day he ever wrote that letter.
‫ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻭﻥ‬،(pure future) ‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺹ‬going to ‫ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل‬:‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ‬
:‫ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ‬
*I am going to be 15 years old in May.
*Today is the 19th of October; tomorrow is going to be the 20th.
‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻗﺒل‬.3
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‬
What will you be doing this time tomorrow?
This time tomorrow 1 shall be flying to Spain.
My friend will be waiting for me at Madrid airport. I hope the
plane will arrive on time. If it is late he will be wondering what has
happened.
:‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬.4
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺴﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻭﻗﻭﻋﻪ ﻗﺒل ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ﺁﺨﺭ‬.‫ﺃ‬
It is now 6·30 p.m.; I shall have finished my work by 8 o'clock.
The taxi will have arrived by the time you finish dressing.
In another year or so, you will have forgotten all about him.
:‫ ﻤﺜل‬،‫ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺩﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﻭل ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‬.‫ﺏ‬
When I leave the school next week, I shall have taught this £lass
for ten years.
199
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫‪On December 18th, we shall have been married for 25 years.‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪You will have heard, I expect, that Elizabeth is going to be arrived.‬‬
‫‪It's five o'clock; they will have arrived home by now.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺤﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪On April 2nd, 1960, we shall have been living in this house exactly‬‬
‫‪thirty years.‬‬
‫‪In another month's time; Henry will have been working in the‬‬
‫‪Weavewell Woolen Company's office for five years.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺏ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫‪John is coming here next week and is staying here until August.‬‬
‫?‪What are you doing next Saturday‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﺭﻗﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺜﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺩﻋﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﺭﻗﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻴﻔﺘﻘﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﻡ ﺭﺍﻴﺕ)‪ (Wright, 1967‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻠﻤﺘﻲ)ﻤﺎﺽ( ﻭ)ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺒﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺜﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ )ﻟﻴﺱ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺒﻪ ﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺠﺩﺕ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ) ﹶﻓ ُﻌلَ( ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﺼﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺼﻴﻐﺔ) ﹶﻓ ِﻌلٌ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺴﻤﻭﻨﻬﺎ ‪ Prmonsive‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻓ ‪‬ﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻴﻌ ‪‬ﺩﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ)ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ‪ ،(144 :1964،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﺘﺠﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫) ﹶﻓﻌ‪‬ل( ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻌ ‪‬ﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩﺓ ﺼﻴﻎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‬
‫ل)ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ‪:1964،‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺠﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻴﻔﻌل ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒ ْ‬
‫‪ .(145‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻫﻤﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻀ ‪‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺜﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺒﺭ ﺒﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻘ ‪‬ﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ) ‪:1964‬‬
‫‪ (126-125‬ﺃﻥ ﻤﺜﺎل ﻓﺎﻋل ﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻭﺼل ﺒﺼﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪200‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﻤﻔﻌﻭل‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ)‪ (40 :1980‬ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‬
‫ﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻭﺼﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻓﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ )‪(Wright‬‬
‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ ﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺤﺴﺏ ﺯﻤﺎﻨﻪ –‬
‫ﺤﻴﻥ ﻻﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ )ﻗﺩ ﻓﻌل( ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻗﺒل ﻗﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﹼﻠﻡ )‪Wright, 1967‬؛ ﻨﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ .(48 :1964 ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟ ‪‬ﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻌﻁﻲ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺘﻪ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺠ ‪‬ﺭﺩ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﹰﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻴﻭﺼل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪1404 ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻏﻔل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﺩﻩ ﺩﺍ ﹰ‬
‫ﻫـ‪ ،(287-286 :‬ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺕ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ) ﹶﻓﻌ‪‬ل( ﻭﺤﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻤﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ )ﻴﻔﻌل( ﻭ)ﺍﻓﻌل( ﻭ)ﻓﺎﻋل(‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻌ ‪‬ﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌل ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻓﻌﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﺭﻗﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺒﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺇ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻗﺩ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻴﻔﺘﻘﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩ ﹼﻗﺔ ﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻭﺠﺩﻭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺒﺤﺭﻑ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻻ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ـ ﺒﻅﻨﻬﻡ ـ )ﺃﺴﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﺯﺓ( ﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺴﺄﺴﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﺯﺓ( ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺯﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﻪ ﺒـ)ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻥ( ﻨﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل )ﻁﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪:1997 ،‬‬
‫‪ .(200-195‬ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻘﻠﺔ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻓﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ‪ :‬ﻤﺎﺽ ﻭﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺃﻤﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻤﺎ ﻻﺸﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺘﺅﻴﺩ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺼﺭﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﺨﺎﻟﺼﹰﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﻨﺒﻁ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬل ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻘﺒل ﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻤﻰ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻨﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻓﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﻭﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻬﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺠﻬﹰﺎ ﺼﺭﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﻁﻐﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻘﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺁﻨﻔﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺠﻬﹰﺎ ﻨﺤﻭﻴ ﹰﺎ‬

‫‪201‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻀﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻔﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﺒﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺘﻘﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺒﺄﻗﺴﺎﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺘﺠﻌل ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻭﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺎﻟﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻁﺔ ﺘﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻘﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﺩ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻔﺎﻭﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل )ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻪ( ﻭﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺒﺄﺒﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻭﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻭﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻭﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ)ﻅﺭﻭﻑ( ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻴﺸﺘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺼﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺼﺎﻍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﺎﻋل‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل)ﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﻭﻋﺎﻟﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺒﺩﺍل ﺤﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ )ﻤﻴﻤﺎﹰ( ﻤﻊ ﻜﺴﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل )ﻤﺩﺤﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻁﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺘﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ(‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪ .(76-75 :1984 ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﺼﻁﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻭﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل )ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،(43 :2 ،‬ﻭﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪ ،(46 :1981،‬ﻓـ )ﻗﺎﺌﻡ( – ﻤﺜﻼ – ﺍﺴﻡ ﻓﺎﻋل ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻼﺯﻤﹰﺎ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻴﻘﻊ ﻭﺴﻁﹰﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺜﻪ ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺎﻀﻴﹰﺎ ﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﺃﺜﺒﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻗﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺜﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﺌﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﺃﺜﺒﺕ ﻤﻥ )ﻗﺎﻡ( ﺃﻭ )ﻴﻘﻭﻡ( ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺜﺒﻭﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺜﺒﻭﺕ)ﻁﻭﻴل( ﺃﻭ)ﺩﻤﻴﻡ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫)ﻗﺼﻴﺭ( ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻔﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻔﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭل‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺎﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻔﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻜـ)ﻋﻁﺸﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻭ)ﺼﺩﻴﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻭﺍﻀﺤﹰﺎ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪.(47 :1981 ،‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﻥ ﺒﺄل ﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻭﻕ ﺒﻤﻭﺼﻭل‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﱢﻟﱠﻠﺫِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻭ ﹺﺒﻬﹺﻡ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬

‫‪202‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻴ ِﺔ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻭ ُﺒ ُﻬ ‪‬ﻡ )ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪ .(53 :‬ﻗﺎل ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﻤﻨﺯﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎ ِ‬
‫)ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ ،(181 :1 ،‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻓﻴﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﻤﺼﻁﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﻠﻘﻭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻷ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ )ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،(10 :‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ َ‬
‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﻁ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻙ ﹶﻓﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺸﱞ‬‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ :‬ﺃﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﹼﻠ ِﻪ ﹶ‬
‫ﻓﻁﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻤﻪ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ﺒﹺﺎ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻭﺼِﻴ ِﺩ )ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻑ‪ ،(18 :‬ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺨﺸﺭﻱ )‪:2‬‬
‫ﻁ ِﺫﺭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹲ‬
‫‪ ،(51 :1981‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ ُﺒﻬُﻡ ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬
‫‪ :(476‬ﺤﻜﺎﻴﺔ ﺤﺎل ﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻻ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ ﻭﺇﻀﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻀﻴﻑ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺭ‪‬ﻓﺔ ﻜﻐﻼﻡ ﺯﻴﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻨﻭﻴﺕ ﺤﻜﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل‬
‫ﻕ )ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ‪ ،(6 :‬ﺃﻱ ﻤﺩﻓﻭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻤِﻥ ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﺩ‪‬ﺍ ِﻓ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨﻠِ ﹶ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹸ‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺜﺭ‪ ،(49 :‬ﻓـ) ُﻤ ‪‬ﻌ ﹺﺭﻀِﻴﻥ‪ (‬ﺍﺴﻡ ﻓﺎﻋل‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺘ ﹾﺫ ِﻜ ‪‬ﺭ ِﺓ ُﻤ ‪‬ﻌ ﹺﺭﻀِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﹺ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻓﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻤﻨﺼﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺤﺎل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻙ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺘﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺘﺫﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺭﻀﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ )ﺁل ﻋﻤﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،(9:‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻪ‪ِ :‬ﺇﻨﱢﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺱ ِﻟ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ﹴﻡ ﱠ‬
‫ﻙ ﺠ‪‬ﺎ ِﻤ ُﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒﻨﹶﺎ ِﺇ ﱠﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ )ﺹ‪ ،(72-71 :‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺠﺩِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻤِﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺤِﻲ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻌُﻭﺍ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﺨ ﹸ‬
‫ﺴﻭ‪ ‬ﻴ ﹸﺘ ُﻪ ﻭ‪ ‬ﹶﻨ ﹶﻔ ﹾ‬
‫ﻥ ﹶﻓِﺈﺫﹶﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻤِﻥ ﻁِﻴ ﹴ‬
‫ﻕ ‪‬ﺒ ﹶ‬
‫ﺨﹶﺎِﻟ ﹲ‬
‫ﺴﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺴﺄﺨﻠﻕ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺒﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻭﺜﺒﺕ ﻭﺼﻔﺎ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺒﻪ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪.(52-51 :1981 ،‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ ﱠﻨﻭ‪‬ﻯ )ﺍﻷﻨﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،(95 :‬ﻗﺎل‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﹼﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﹶﺎِﻟ ﹸ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ِ :‬ﺇ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺨﺸﺭﻱ )‪ :(38 :2‬ﻓﻔﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﻯ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻴﻔﻠﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪ ،...‬ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻌل ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻭﺕ‪ :‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻡ ﻭﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺠﺎﺤﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻴﺩل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﺒﻭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻴﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻭﺕ ﻓﻴﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻀﺎﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻁﻥ ﻭﻤﻌﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪.(52 :1981 ،‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫‪203‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺘﺸﺘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻤﻊ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺸﺘﻕ ﺇﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪:1984 ،‬‬
‫‪ ،(77‬ﻭﺃﺸﻬﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻌ‪‬ﺎل)ﻋﻼﻡ – ﻗﺭﺍﺀ(‪ِ ،‬ﻤﻔﻌﺎل )ﻤﻘﺩﺍﻡ – ﻤﺸﻜﺎل(‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻭل )ﺸﻜﻭﺭ– ﺼﺒﻭﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻴل‬
‫ﺤﺫِﺭ – ﹶﻓﻁِﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺤﻭﻟﺕ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﻋﻠﻴﻡ – ﻗﺩﻴﺭ(‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻌِل) ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺒﻔﺎﻋل ﻤﻥ ﺇﻴﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴُﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ )ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ ،(110 :1 ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺘﺅﺫﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻲ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﺎﻋل )ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪ 1404 ،‬ﻫـ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،(266‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻁﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻓﺎﻋل‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺌﻡ ﻤﺜﻼ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻜﺼﻭﺍﻡ ﻭﺼﺌﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﺭﻗﺎ ﺒُﻌﺩﹰﺍ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻁﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺼﺎﺌﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻌ‪‬ﺎل ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﻅﻠﹸﻭ ‪‬ﻡ ﹶﻜﻔﱠﺎ ‪‬ﺭ )ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،(34 :‬ﺃﻱ ﺇ ﹼﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻥ ﹶﻟ ﹶ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻹِﻨﺴ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺘﻐﺭﻗﻪ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ِ :‬ﺇ ‪‬‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﻨﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻴﺯﺍﻭل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻴﻌﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﺠﺩﺩﻩ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪:1981 ،‬‬
‫‪.(110‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻴﺸﺘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺼﺎﻍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻤﺜل‪ :‬ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺇﺒﺩﺍل ﺤﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻤﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﺜل‪ :‬ﻤﺩﺤﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻁﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺘﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ )ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪:1984 ،‬‬
‫‪ .(83-81‬ﻭﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺼﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻴﺯ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺎل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻭﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻼ ﻜﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻓﺎﻋل )ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪ 1404 ،‬ﻫـ‪.(308 :‬‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﻓﻴﻭﻥ ﻴﻌﺩﻭﻨﻪ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ )ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺩ‪ ،(2 :‬ﺃﻱ ﺴﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺤﻭ )ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻷﺠ‪‬لٍ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺠﺭﹺﻱ َ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹸﻜ ﱞ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺘﻭل( ﺃﻱ ﹸﻗ ِﺘل‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺩﻱ ﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻨﺩﺤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭ ﻤﻬﺯﻭﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺘﺎ )ﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭ( ﻭ)ﻤﻬﺯﻭﻡ( ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻤﻔﻌﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻊ ﺘﺼﺏ ﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺤﺎل ﻋﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻨﺩﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪204‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﺸﻬُﻭ ‪‬ﺩ )ﻫﻭﺩ‪ ،(103 :‬ﺃﻱ‬

‫ﺱ ﻭ‪ ‬ﹶﺫﻟِﻙ‪ ‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻤ ﹾ‬
‫ﻉ ﻟﱠ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺠﻤُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﺫﻟِﻙ‪ ‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺨﻀُﻭ ‪‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﺩ ﹴﺭ ‪‬ﻤ ﹾ‬
‫ﻥ ﻓِﻲ ِ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻤِﻴ ﹺ‬
‫ﺼﺤ‪‬ﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻥ ﻤ‪‬ﺎ َﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻤِﻴ ﹺ‬
‫ﺼﺤ‪‬ﺎ ُ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭَﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨﻀُﻭ ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﻀُﻭ ‪‬ﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ)ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،(31-27 :‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ) ‪‬ﻤ ﹾ‬
‫ﺴﻜﹸﻭ ﹴ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻤﺩُﻭ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻭﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﻅﱟ‬
‫ﻁ ﹾﻠﺢﹴ ﻤ‪‬ﻨﻀُﻭ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻭ ِ‬
‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﹶ‬
‫ﺏ( ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﻭﺘﺠﺩﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻜﹸﻭ ﹴ‬
‫‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻤﺩُﻭ ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻭﺕ‪ :‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻔﺘﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺒﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻭﺕ ﻜﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻴﻎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺭﻴﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺨﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﻓﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﻔﻌل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺭﻯ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺩل‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺃﺼ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ)ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪:1984 ،‬‬
‫‪ .(66‬ﻭﻴﺭﻯ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻗﺔ‬
‫)ﻁﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ .(200-195 :1997 ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻓﺭﻴﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﺤﺠﹰﺎ ﻤﺒﺭﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺴﻌﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﺸﻜﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺫﻨﺒﹰﺎ ﻤﻐﻔﻭﺭﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻨﺎ )ﺴﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ( ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭل ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻴﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺞ )ﻟﺒﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻡ ﻟﺒﻴﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ )ﺁل ﻋﻤﺭﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻉ ﺇِﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻪِ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹶﺘﻁﹶﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ‪‬ﻤ ﹺ‬
‫ﺞ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﻴ ِ‬
‫ﺤ‪‬‬
‫ﺱ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭِﻟﹼﻠ ِﻪ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ،(97‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﺠل )ﻤﻬﻼﹰ( ﺃﻭ )ﺭﻭﻴﺩﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌل ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﺤﻤل ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﺯﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﺴﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺒل ﻋﻼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل‪،‬‬
‫ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺘﺭﻥ ﺒﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل )ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪ .(56 :1985 ،‬ﻭﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻤﺤل ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺭﺍﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺸﻬﺭﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ‪‬ﺒﻌُﺩ( ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤل ﻓﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﺘﺎﻥ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻓ ﹶﺘﺭ‪‬ﻕ( ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺫﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪205‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﻼ ﹶﺘﻘﹸل ﱠﻟ ُﻬﻤ‪‬ﺂ ُﺃﻑﱟ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﺁﻩ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺘﻭﺠﻊ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻑ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺘﻀﺠﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬
‫)ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺀ‪.(22 :‬‬
‫ﻲ‬
‫ﺤ‪‬‬‫ﻲ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻗﺒل(‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪ :‬‬
‫ﺤ‪‬‬‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ ﺼ‪‬ﻪ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺴﻜﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻤﻴﻥ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻴ‪‬ﺎ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺴﺭﻉ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫﹸﻠﻡ‪) ‬ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻙ)ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻙ)ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺒﺘﻌﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل‪ :‬ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﻋﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻤﺎﻤﻙ)ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺍﺀﻙ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺘﺄﺨﺭ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻨﻙ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺜﺒﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺫﺍﺭ)ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺤﺫﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺯﺍل)ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻨﺯل(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴﻤﻴﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺒﺄﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ )ﻅﺭﻭﻑ( ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺒﻠﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ )ﺃﻤﺱ( ﻭ)ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺤﺔ( ﻭ)ﺁﻨﻔﺎﹰ( ﻭ) ﹶﻗﻁﹾ(‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﻤﺘﻰ( ﻭ)ﺃﻨﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺠﺎﺀ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺤﺔ؛ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﹶﻗﻁﹾ؛ ﻤﺘﻰ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ؟‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺩل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ( ﻭ)ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺕ( ﻭ)ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺒﺭ(‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل )ﻗﺒل ﺃﺴﺒﻭﻉ( ﻭ)ﻤﻨﺫ ﺸﻬﺭ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤٍﺈ‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ل ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼ ﹾﻠﺼ‪‬ﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺸﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻤ‪‬ﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﻕ ‪‬ﺒ ﹶ‬
‫ﻼﺌِ ﹶﻜﺔِ ِﺇﻨﱢﻲ ﺨﹶﺎِﻟ ﹲ‬
‫ﻙ ﻟِ ﹾﻠﻤ‪ ‬ﹶ‬
‫ل ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ )ﺇﺫﹾ( ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭِﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻗﹶﺎ َ‬
‫ﻥ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ‪.(28 :‬‬
‫ﺴﻨﹸﻭ ﹴ‬
‫‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﻕ )ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪.(71 :‬‬
‫ﺤﱢ‬
‫ﺕ ﺒﹺﺎ ﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺠﹺ ْﺌ ﹶ‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ )ﺍﻵﻥ( ﻭ)ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻭ ﹾﺍ ﺍﻵ ‪‬‬
‫ﻲ )ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ‪،(26 :‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺘﺭ‪‬ﺍ ِﻗ ‪‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻭ )ﺇﺫﺍ( ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ‪ :‬ﹶﻜﻠﱠﺎ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺒ‪‬ﹶﻠ ﹶﻐ ﹾ‬
‫ﺽ ﹺﺯ ﹾﻟﺯ‪‬ﺍﹶﻟﻬ‪‬ﺎ )ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﻟﺔ‪ ،(1 :‬ﻭ)ﺇﺫﹾ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ‪ِ :‬ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ُﺯ ﹾﻟﺯﹺﹶﻟﺕِ ﺍ ﹾﻟَﺄ ‪‬ﺭ ُ‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﺤﺒُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ‪‬‬‫ل ُﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴُ‬
‫ﺴﻠﹶﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻨﹶﺎ ِﻗ ﹺﻬ ‪‬ﻡ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ل ﻓِﻲ َﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻏﹶﻠﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻥ ِﺇ ِﺫ ﺍ ﹾﻟَﺄ ﹾ‬
‫ﻑ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤُﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹶﻠﻨﹶﺎ ﹶﻓﺴ‪ ‬ﻭ ﹶ‬
‫ﺴ ﹾﻠﻨﹶﺎ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ ُﺭ ُ‬
‫ﺏ ‪‬ﻭ ﹺﺒﻤ‪‬ﺎ َﺃ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ﹶﻜ ﱠﺫﺒُﻭﺍ ﺒﹺﺎ ﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘﹶﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﻭﺽ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﺼﺩﺭ ﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺯﻤﻨﺔ‬
‫)ﻏﺎﻓﺭ‪ ،(71-71 :‬ﻭ)ﻋﻭ‪‬ﺽ(‪ ،‬ﻴﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﻓﻌﻠﻪ ‪‬‬
‫ﻥ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻭ ُﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ِﻘﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻤ ِﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،(6:‬ﻭ)ﻤﺘﻰ( ﻭ)ﺃﻨﻰ(‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻤﺘﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ل َﺃﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴَﺄ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺃﻴﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻜﻘﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻤﺘﻰ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺩ؟ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ )ﻏﺩﺍﹰ( ﻭ)ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺩ(‬
‫ﻭ)ﺒﻌﺩ( ﻋﻨﺩ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ )ﺴﺎﻋﺔ( ﻭ)ﻴﻭﻡ( ﻭ)ﺸﻬﺭ( ﻭ)ﻋﺎﻡ( ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻴﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﻴﺨﻠﺼﻪ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻤﺜل )ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﻡ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻴﻘﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل )ﺭﺒﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻭ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻡ‪،‬‬

‫‪206‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻨﻭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻜﻴﺩ ﻭﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺩﺍ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫل(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺸﺭﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﻠﻪ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻨﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻗﺩ ﻨﺠﺤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻭﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﹼﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺒﻘﺼﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﻀﻨﺎ ﻟﻸﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻀﻤ‪‬ﻨﻬﺎ ﻜل ﺼﻴﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺃﻗﻭﻯ ﻋﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﺨﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺼل ﻟﻠﻔﻌل‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﺘﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﺤﺴﺏ )ﻜﺎﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻌﺩ‪‬ﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﻴﻥ ﺘﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﺭﻗﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺇ ‪‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻗﺩ ﺘﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺘﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﺼﻔﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺭﹰﺍ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ )ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭ)‪ (Modals‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‪‬ﺔ( ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺘﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪207‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‪....‬‬

‫ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺒﺎﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،2/‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1985‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺼﻔﻬﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،8‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪.1990 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻨﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻗﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1957‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،1‬ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ‪1404 ،‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﺫﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ؛ ﺴﻨﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﺫﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ‪ :‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺸﺎﻜﺭ ﻭﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺭ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ _ ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺤﻅ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺭﻭ ﺒﻥ ﺒﺤﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،5‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.1999 ،‬‬
‫ﺠﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻷﺼﻭﻟﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1980‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺏ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻋﻠﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻑ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﻑ‪.1980 ،‬‬
‫ﺤﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﻓﻬﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻤﺼﺭ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1997‬‬
‫ﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،4‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻤﺼﺭ‪.1975 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ ‪.1984‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ ‪.1985‬‬

‫‪208‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪.1984 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺨﺸﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺴﻡ ﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺒﻥ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺨﺸﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺯﻴل‬
‫ﻭﻋﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻭﻴل ﻓﻲ ﻭﺠﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻴل‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،4 ،2 ،1/‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪.1990 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺯﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺒﻨﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،1‬ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪.1980 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﺍﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻀل ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻴﺕ‪.1981 ،‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺭﻭ ﺒﻥ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻥ ﻗﻨﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﺏ ﺴﻴﺒﻭﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،3 ،1/‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻨﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪.1988 ،3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻁﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﻤﻊ‪ :‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،2 ،1/‬ﻁ‪ ،1‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻨﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻨﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪1327 ،‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻓﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻷﺸﻤﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،1/‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.1990 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،2/‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ ﻨﺠﺎﺘﻲ ﻭﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ‪.1955 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻨﻘﺩ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺼﻴﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪.1964 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪.1974 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺃﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻤﺎﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﺎﺴل ﻋﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪،2000 ،‬‬
‫ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺼﻴﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫‪.1964‬‬
‫ﻁﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ .1‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁﻼﺱ‪ ،‬ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‪.1997 ،‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺒﻥ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺩﻯ ﻭﺒل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﺼﺭ‪.1966 ،‬‬

‫‪209‬‬
 ....‫ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻥ‬

‫ ﺩﺍﺭ‬،2‫ ﻁ‬،‫ ﻤﺎﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﷲ‬:‫ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‬،1/‫ ﺝ‬،‫ ﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻴﺏ‬،‫ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‬،‫ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‬
.1969 ،‫ ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴل‬
،1‫ ﻁ‬،2/‫ ﺝ‬،‫ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼل‬،‫ ﻤﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺒﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭﻱ‬،‫ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ‬،‫ﻴﻌﻴﺵ‬
.1988 ،‫ ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‬،‫ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ‬
:‫ﺔ‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴ‬
Declerck, Renaat. 2006. The Grammar of the English Verb Phrase. Volume
1: The Grammar of the English Tense System. New York: Mouton de
Gruyter.
Eckersley, C. E. and Eckersley, J. M. 1997. A Comprehensive English
Grammar for Foreign Students. Longman Group UK Ltd, Hong Kong
Printing Press.
Finegan, Edward. 2008. Language: Its Structure and Use. 5th ed. Orlando:
Harcourt.
Master, Peter. 1995. Systems of English Grammar: An Introduction for
Language Teachers. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Maurer, Jay 1995. Focus on Grammar: An Advanced Course for Reference
and Practice. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company Inc.
Quirk, Randolph & Sidney Greenbaum. 1973. A University Grammar of
English. London: Longman.
Wright. W. 1967. A Grammar of the Arabic Language. Cambridge
University Press 3rd ed.

210